SemaDecl.cpp revision 2e510a0c0f7afa7951aa19c65a06c2da579535a8
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::war_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 375// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 376// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 377DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 378 379 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 380 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 381 // the context we'll need to return to. 382 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 383 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 384 385 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 386 // lexical context. 387 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 388 return DC; 389 390 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 391 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 392 // class is the context we need to return to. 393 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 394 DC = RD; 395 396 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 397 // declared in. 398 return DC; 399 } 400 401 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 402 // of the class. 403 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 404 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 405 406 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 407} 408 409void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 410 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 411 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 412 CurContext = DC; 413 S->setEntity(DC); 414} 415 416void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 417 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 418 419 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 420 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 421} 422 423/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 424/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 425/// 426void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 427 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 428 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 429 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 430 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 431 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 432 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 433 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 434 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 435 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 436 // namespace. 437 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 438 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 439 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 440 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 441 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 442 443 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 444 445#ifndef NDEBUG 446 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 447 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 448 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 449#endif 450 451 CurContext = DC; 452 S->setEntity(DC); 453} 454 455void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 456 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 457 458 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 459 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 460 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 461 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 462 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 463 464 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 465 // disappear. 466} 467 468/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 469/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 470/// 471/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 472/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 473/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 474/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 475/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 476/// attribute. 477static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 478 ASTContext &Context) { 479 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 480 return true; 481 482 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 483 return true; 484 485 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 486 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 487} 488 489/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 490void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 491 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 492 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 493 // scope. 494 while (S->getEntity() && 495 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 496 S = S->getParent(); 497 498 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 499 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 500 // into any context. 501 if (AddToContext) 502 CurContext->addDecl(D); 503 504 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 505 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 506 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 507 D->isOutOfLine()) 508 return; 509 510 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 511 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 512 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 513 return; 514 515 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 516 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 517 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 518 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 519 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 520 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 521 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 522 523 // Should only need to replace one decl. 524 break; 525 } 526 } 527 528 S->AddDecl(D); 529 530 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 531 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 532 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 533 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 534 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 535 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 536 if (IDC == CurContext) { 537 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 538 continue; 539 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 540 break; 541 } 542 543 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 544 } else { 545 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 546 } 547} 548 549bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 550 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 551 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 552 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 553} 554 555Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 556 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 557 do { 558 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 559 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 560 return S; 561 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 562 563 return 0; 564} 565 566static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 567 DeclContext*, 568 ASTContext&); 569 570/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 571/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 572static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 573 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 574 bool ConsiderLinkage, 575 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 576 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 577 while (F.hasNext()) { 578 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 579 580 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 581 continue; 582 583 if (ConsiderLinkage && 584 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 585 continue; 586 587 F.erase(); 588 } 589 590 F.done(); 591} 592 593static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 594 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 595 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 596 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 597} 598 599/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 600static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 601 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 602 while (F.hasNext()) 603 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 604 F.erase(); 605 606 F.done(); 607} 608 609/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 610/// @code 611/// class S { 612/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 613/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 614/// }; 615/// @endcode 616static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 617 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 618 // the decl here. 619 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 620 return false; 621 622 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 623 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 624 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 625 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 626 return false; 627} 628 629bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 630 assert(D); 631 632 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 633 return false; 634 635 // Ignore class templates. 636 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 637 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 638 return false; 639 640 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 641 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 642 return false; 643 644 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 645 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 646 return false; 647 } else { 648 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 649 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 650 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 651 return false; 652 } 653 654 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 655 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 656 return false; 657 658 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 659 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 660 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 661 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 662 return false; 663 664 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 665 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 666 return false; 667 668 } else { 669 return false; 670 } 671 672 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 673 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 674 return false; 675 676 return true; 677} 678 679void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 680 if (!D) 681 return; 682 683 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 684 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 685 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 686 return; // First should already be in the vector. 687 } 688 689 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 690 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 691 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 692 return; // First should already be in the vector. 693 } 694 695 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 696 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 697 } 698 699static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 700 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 701 return false; 702 703 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 704 return false; 705 706 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 707 return true; 708 709 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 710 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 711 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 712 return false; 713 714 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 715 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 716 717 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 718 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 719 720 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 721 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 722 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 723 return false; 724 } 725 726 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 727 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 728 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 729 return false; 730 731 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 732 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 733 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 734 return false; 735 736 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 737 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 738 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 739 // has no side effects. 740 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 741 return false; 742 } 743 } 744 745 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 746 } 747 748 return true; 749} 750 751/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 752/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 753void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 754 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 755 return; 756 757 unsigned DiagID; 758 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 759 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 760 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 761 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 762 else 763 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 764 765 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 766} 767 768static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 769 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 770 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 771 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 772 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 773 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 774} 775 776void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 777 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 778 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 779 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 780 781 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 782 I != E; ++I) { 783 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 784 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 785 786 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 787 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 788 789 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 790 791 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 792 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 793 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 794 795 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 796 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 797 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 798 799 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 800 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 801 } 802} 803 804/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 805/// 806/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 807/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 808/// to the fixed name. 809/// 810/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 811/// 812/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 813/// if there is no class with the given name. 814/// 815/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 816/// class could not be found. 817ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 818 SourceLocation IdLoc, 819 bool TypoCorrection) { 820 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 821 // creation from this context. 822 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 823 824 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 825 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 826 // find an Objective-C class name. 827 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 828 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 829 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 830 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 831 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 832 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 833 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 834 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 835 836 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 837 } 838 } 839 840 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 841} 842 843/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 844/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 845/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 846/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 847/// ill-formed in C++: 848/// @code 849/// struct S6 { 850/// enum { BAR } e; 851/// }; 852/// 853/// void test_S6() { 854/// struct S6 a; 855/// a.e = BAR; 856/// } 857/// @endcode 858/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 859/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 860/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 861/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 862/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 863/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 864/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 865/// contain non-field names. 866Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 867 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 868 (S->getEntity() && 869 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 870 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 871 S = S->getParent(); 872 return S; 873} 874 875/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 876/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 877/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 878/// built-in. 879NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 880 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 881 SourceLocation Loc) { 882 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 883 884 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 885 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 886 switch (Error) { 887 case ASTContext::GE_None: 888 // Okay 889 break; 890 891 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 892 if (ForRedeclaration) 893 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 894 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 895 return 0; 896 897 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 898 if (ForRedeclaration) 899 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 900 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 901 return 0; 902 } 903 904 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 905 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 906 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 907 << R; 908 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 909 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 910 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 911 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 912 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 913 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 914 } 915 916 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 917 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 918 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 919 SC_Extern, 920 SC_None, false, 921 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 922 New->setImplicit(); 923 924 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 925 // FunctionDecl. 926 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 927 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 928 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 929 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 930 SourceLocation(), 0, 931 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 932 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 933 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 934 } 935 936 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 937 938 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 939 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 940 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 941 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 942 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 943 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 944 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 945 CurContext = SavedContext; 946 return New; 947} 948 949/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 950/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 951/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 952/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 953/// 954void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 955 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 956 // merging checks. 957 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 958 959 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 960 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 961 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 962 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 963 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 964 default: break; 965 case 2: 966 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 967 break; 968 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 969 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 970 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 971 return; 972 case 5: 973 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 974 break; 975 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 976 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 977 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 978 return; 979 case 3: 980 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 981 break; 982 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 983 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 984 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 985 return; 986 case 8: 987 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 988 break; 989 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 990 return; 991 } 992 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 993 } 994 995 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 996 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 997 if (!Old) { 998 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 999 << New->getDeclName(); 1000 1001 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1002 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1003 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1004 1005 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1006 } 1007 1008 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1009 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1010 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1011 1012 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1013 QualType OldType; 1014 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1015 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1016 else 1017 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1018 1019 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1020 // with any extensions enabled. 1021 1022 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1023 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1024 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1025 int Kind = 0; 1026 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1027 Kind = 1; 1028 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1029 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1030 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1031 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1032 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1033 } 1034 1035 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1036 // declaration was a typedef. 1037 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1038 // spellings don't match exactly. 1039 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1040 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1041 1042 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1043 return; 1044 1045 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1046 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1047 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1048 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1049 // to the type to which it already refers. 1050 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1054 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1055 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1056 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1057 // 1058 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1059 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1060 // 1061 // struct S { 1062 // typedef struct A { } A; 1063 // }; 1064 // 1065 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1066 // allow the above but disallow 1067 // 1068 // struct S { 1069 // typedef int I; 1070 // typedef int I; 1071 // }; 1072 // 1073 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1074 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1075 return; 1076 1077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1078 << New->getDeclName(); 1079 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1080 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1081 } 1082 1083 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1084 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1085 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1086 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1087 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1088 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1089 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1090 return; 1091 1092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1093 << New->getDeclName(); 1094 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1095 return; 1096} 1097 1098/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1099/// attribute. 1100static bool 1101DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1102 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1103 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1104 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1105 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1106 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1107 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1108 return true; 1109 } 1110 1111 return false; 1112} 1113 1114/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1115static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1116 ASTContext &C) { 1117 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1118 return; 1119 1120 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1121 1122 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1123 // we process them. 1124 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1125 1126 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1127 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1128 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1129 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1130 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1131 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1132 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1133 foundAny = true; 1134 } 1135 } 1136 1137 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1138} 1139 1140/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1141/// to the new one. 1142static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1143 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1144 ASTContext &C) { 1145 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1146 return; 1147 1148 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1149 1150 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1151 // done before we process them. 1152 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1153 1154 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1155 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1156 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1157 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1158 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1159 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1160 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1161 foundAny = true; 1162 } 1163 } 1164 1165 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1166} 1167 1168namespace { 1169 1170/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1171/// C. 1172struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1173 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1174 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1175 QualType PromotedType; 1176}; 1177 1178} 1179 1180/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1181Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1182 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1183 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1184 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1185 1186 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1187 } 1188 1189 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1190 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1191 1192 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1193 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1194 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1195} 1196 1197/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1198/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1199/// GNU89 mode. 1200static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1201 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1202 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1203 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1204 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1205} 1206 1207/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1208/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1209/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1210/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1211/// 1212/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1213/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1214/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1215/// merged with. 1216/// 1217/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1218bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1219 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1220 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1221 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1222 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1223 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1224 else 1225 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1226 if (!Old) { 1227 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1229 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1230 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1231 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1232 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1233 return true; 1234 } 1235 1236 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1237 << New->getDeclName(); 1238 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1239 return true; 1240 } 1241 1242 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1243 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1244 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1245 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1246 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1247 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1248 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1249 else 1250 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1251 1252 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1253 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1254 1255 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1256 // is an extern inline function. 1257 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1258 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1259 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1260 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1261 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_static_non_static; 1262 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1263 DiagID = diag::warn_static_non_static; 1264 Diag(New->getLocation(), DiagID) << New; 1265 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1266 return true; 1267 } 1268 1269 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1270 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1271 // calling convention of the first. 1272 // 1273 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1274 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1275 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1276 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1277 // because it is the default calling convention. 1278 // 1279 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1280 // other tests to run. 1281 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1282 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1283 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1284 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1285 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1286 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1287 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1288 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1289 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1290 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1291 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1292 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1293 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1294 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1295 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1296 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1297 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1298 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1299 return true; 1300 } 1301 1302 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1303 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1304 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1305 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1306 } 1307 1308 // Merge regparm attribute. 1309 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1310 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1311 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1312 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1313 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1314 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1315 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1316 return true; 1317 } 1318 1319 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1320 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1321 } 1322 1323 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1324 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1325 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1326 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1327 } 1328 1329 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1330 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1331 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1332 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1333 // cannot be overloaded. 1334 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1335 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1336 QualType ResQT; 1337 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1338 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1339 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1340 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1341 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1342 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1343 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1344 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1345 else 1346 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1347 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1348 return true; 1349 } 1350 else 1351 NewQType = ResQT; 1352 } 1353 1354 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1355 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1356 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1357 // Preserve triviality. 1358 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1359 1360 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1361 1362 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1363 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1364 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1365 // is a static member function declaration. 1366 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1367 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1368 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1369 return true; 1370 } 1371 1372 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1373 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1374 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1375 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1376 unsigned NewDiag; 1377 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1378 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1379 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1380 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1381 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1382 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1383 else 1384 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1385 1386 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1387 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1388 1389 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1390 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1391 // 1392 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1393 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1394 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1395 if (isFriend) { 1396 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1397 } else { 1398 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1399 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1400 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1401 return true; 1402 } 1403 } 1404 } 1405 1406 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1407 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1408 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1409 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1410 1411 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1412 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1413 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1414 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1415 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1416 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1417 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1418 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1419 } 1420 1421 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1422 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1423 1424 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1425 } 1426 1427 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1428 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1429 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1430 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1431 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1432 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1433 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1434 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1435 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1436 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1437 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1438 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1439 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1440 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1441 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1442 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1443 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1444 New->setType(NewQType); 1445 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1446 1447 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1448 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1449 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1450 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1451 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1452 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1453 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1454 SourceLocation(), 1455 SourceLocation(), 0, 1456 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1457 SC_None, SC_None, 1458 0); 1459 Param->setImplicit(); 1460 Params.push_back(Param); 1461 } 1462 1463 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1464 } 1465 1466 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1467 } 1468 1469 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1470 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1471 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1472 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1473 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1474 // the prototype. 1475 // 1476 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1477 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1478 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1479 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1480 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1481 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1482 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1483 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1484 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1485 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1486 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1487 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1488 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1489 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1490 1491 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1492 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1493 NewProto->getResultType()); 1494 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1495 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1496 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1497 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1498 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1499 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1500 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1501 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1502 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1503 NewParm->getType(), 1504 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1505 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1506 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1507 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1508 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1509 } else 1510 LooseCompatible = false; 1511 } 1512 1513 if (LooseCompatible) { 1514 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1515 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1516 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1517 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1518 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1519 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1520 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1521 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1522 } 1523 1524 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1525 ArgTypes.size(), 1526 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1527 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1528 } 1529 1530 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1531 } 1532 1533 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1534 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1535 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1536 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1537 // signature. 1538 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1539 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1540 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1541 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1542 // library built-in. 1543 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1544 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1545 << Old << Old->getType(); 1546 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1547 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1548 return false; 1549 } 1550 1551 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1552 } 1553 1554 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1555 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1556 return true; 1557} 1558 1559/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1560/// known to be compatible. 1561/// 1562/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1563/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1564/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1565/// redeclaration of Old. 1566/// 1567/// \returns false 1568bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1569 // Merge the attributes 1570 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1571 1572 // Merge the storage class. 1573 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1574 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1575 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1576 1577 // Merge "pure" flag. 1578 if (Old->isPure()) 1579 New->setPure(); 1580 1581 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1582 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1583 New->setDeleted(); 1584 1585 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1586 // declarations. 1587 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1588 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1589 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1590 Context); 1591 1592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1593 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1594 1595 return false; 1596} 1597 1598void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1599 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1600 // Merge the attributes. 1601 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1602 1603 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1604 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1605 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1606 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1607 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1608} 1609 1610/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1611/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1612/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1613/// 1614/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1615/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1616/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1617/// 1618void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1619 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1620 return; 1621 1622 QualType MergedT; 1623 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1624 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1625 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1626 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1627 return; 1628 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1629 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1630 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1631 } 1632 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1633 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1634 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1635 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1636 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1637 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1638 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1639 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1640 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1641 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1642 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1643 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1644 MergedT = New->getType(); 1645 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1646 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1647 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1648 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1649 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1650 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1651 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1652 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1653 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1654 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1655 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1656 Old->getType()); 1657 } 1658 } else { 1659 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1660 } 1661 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1662 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1663 << New->getDeclName(); 1664 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1665 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1666 } 1667 New->setType(MergedT); 1668} 1669 1670/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1671/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1672/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1673/// 1674/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1675/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1676/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1677/// 1678void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1679 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1680 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1681 return; 1682 1683 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1684 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1685 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1686 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1687 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1688 << New->getDeclName(); 1689 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1690 diag::note_previous_definition); 1691 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1692 } 1693 1694 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1695 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1696 // 1697 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1698 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1699 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1700 << New->getIdentifier(); 1701 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1702 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1703 } 1704 1705 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1706 1707 // Merge the types. 1708 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 1709 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1710 return; 1711 1712 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1713 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1714 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1716 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1717 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1718 } 1719 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1720 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1721 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1722 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1723 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1724 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1725 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1726 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1727 // identifier has external linkage. 1728 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1729 /* Okay */; 1730 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1731 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1732 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1733 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1734 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1735 } 1736 1737 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 1738 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1739 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1740 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1741 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1742 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1743 } 1744 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 1745 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1746 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1747 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1748 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1749 } 1750 1751 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1752 1753 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1754 // need to check for mismatches. 1755 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1756 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1757 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1758 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1759 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1760 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1761 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1762 } 1763 1764 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1765 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1766 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1767 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1768 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1769 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1770 } 1771 1772 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1773 const VarDecl *Def; 1774 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1775 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1776 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1777 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1778 << New->getDeclName(); 1779 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1780 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1781 return; 1782 } 1783 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1784 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1785 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1786 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1787 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1788 // specified at the prior declaration. 1789 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1790 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1791 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1792 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1793 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1794 1795 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1796 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1797 1798 // Inherit access appropriately. 1799 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1800} 1801 1802/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1803/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1804Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1805 DeclSpec &DS) { 1806 Decl *TagD = 0; 1807 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1808 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1809 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1810 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1811 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1812 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1813 1814 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1815 return 0; 1816 1817 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1818 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1819 // it's a Type. 1820 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1821 } 1822 1823 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1824 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1825 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1826 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1827 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1828 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1829 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1830 } 1831 1832 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1833 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1834 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1835 if (TagD && !Tag) 1836 return 0; 1837 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1838 } 1839 1840 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 1841 // declarators. 1842 bool emittedWarning = false; 1843 1844 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1845 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 1846 1847 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1848 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1850 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1851 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1852 1853 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1854 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1855 emittedWarning = true; 1856 } 1857 } 1858 1859 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1860 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1861 CurContext->isRecord() && 1862 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1863 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1864 // struct STRUCT; 1865 // and 1866 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1867 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1868 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1869 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1870 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1871 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1872 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1873 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1874 } 1875 } 1876 1877 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1878 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1879 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1880 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1881 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 1882 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1883 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1884 emittedWarning = true; 1885 } 1886 1887 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 1888 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 1889 1890 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 1891 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1892 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1893 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1894 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1895 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1896 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1897 return Tag; 1898 } 1899 1900 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1901 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1902 emittedWarning = true; 1903 } 1904 1905 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 1906 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 1907 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 1908 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 1909 return TagD; 1910 1911 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 1912 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 1913 // useless. 1914 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 1915 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 1916 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 1917 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 1918 1919 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 1920 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 1921 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1922 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 1923 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 1924 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 1925 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 1926 // Restrict is covered above. 1927 } 1928 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 1929 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 1930 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 1931 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 1932 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 1933 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 1934 1935 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1936 1937 return TagD; 1938} 1939 1940/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1941/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1942StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1943 StmtResult R; 1944 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1945 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1946 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1947 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1948 do 1949 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1950 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1951 } 1952 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1953 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1954 } 1955 } 1956 return R; 1957} 1958 1959/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1960/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1961/// 1962/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1963static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1964 Scope *S, 1965 DeclContext *Owner, 1966 DeclarationName Name, 1967 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1968 unsigned diagnostic) { 1969 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1970 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1971 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1972 1973 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1974 return false; 1975 1976 // Pick a representative declaration. 1977 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1978 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1979 1980 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1981 return false; 1982 1983 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1984 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1985 1986 return true; 1987} 1988 1989/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1990/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1991/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1992/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1993/// struct, e.g., 1994/// 1995/// @code 1996/// union { 1997/// int i; 1998/// float f; 1999/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2000/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2001/// @endcode 2002/// 2003/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2004/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2005static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2006 DeclContext *Owner, 2007 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2008 AccessSpecifier AS, 2009 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2010 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2011 unsigned diagKind 2012 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2013 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2014 2015 bool Invalid = false; 2016 2017 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2018 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2019 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2020 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2021 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2022 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2023 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2024 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2025 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2026 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2027 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2028 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2029 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2030 Invalid = true; 2031 } else { 2032 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2033 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2034 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2035 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2036 // anonymous union is declared. 2037 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2038 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2039 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2040 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2041 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2042 else 2043 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2044 2045 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2046 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2047 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2048 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2049 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2050 2051 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2052 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2053 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2054 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2055 2056 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2057 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2058 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2059 2060 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2061 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2062 2063 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2064 } 2065 } 2066 } 2067 2068 return Invalid; 2069} 2070 2071/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2072/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2073/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2074static StorageClass 2075StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2076 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2077 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2078 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2079 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2080 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2081 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2082 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2083 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2084 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2085 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2086 } 2087 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2088} 2089 2090/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2091/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2092/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2093static StorageClass 2094StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2095 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2096 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2097 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2098 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2099 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2100 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2101 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2102 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2103 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2104 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2105 } 2106 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2107} 2108 2109/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2110/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2111/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2112/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2113Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2114 AccessSpecifier AS, 2115 RecordDecl *Record) { 2116 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2117 2118 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2119 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2120 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2121 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2122 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2123 2124 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2125 // structs/unions. 2126 bool Invalid = false; 2127 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2128 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2129 unsigned DiagID; 2130 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2131 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2132 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2133 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2134 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2135 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2136 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2137 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2138 Invalid = true; 2139 2140 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2141 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2142 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2143 } 2144 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2145 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2146 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2147 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2148 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2149 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2150 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2151 Invalid = true; 2152 2153 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2154 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2155 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2156 } 2157 2158 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2159 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2160 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2161 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2162 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2163 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2164 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2165 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2166 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2167 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2168 // members (clause 11). 2169 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2170 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2171 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2172 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2173 Invalid = true; 2174 } 2175 2176 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2177 Invalid = true; 2178 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2179 // Any implicit members are fine. 2180 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2181 // This is a type that showed up in an 2182 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2183 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2184 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2185 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2186 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2187 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2188 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2189 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2190 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2191 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2192 else { 2193 // This is a nested type declaration. 2194 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2195 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2196 Invalid = true; 2197 } 2198 } 2199 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2200 // Any access specifier is fine. 2201 } else { 2202 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2203 // member. Complain about it. 2204 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2205 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2206 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2207 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2208 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2209 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2210 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2211 2212 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2213 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2214 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2215 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2216 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2217 else { 2218 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2219 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2220 Invalid = true; 2221 } 2222 } 2223 } 2224 } 2225 2226 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2227 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2228 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2229 Invalid = true; 2230 } 2231 2232 // Mock up a declarator. 2233 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2234 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2235 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2236 2237 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2238 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2239 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2240 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2241 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2242 Record->getLocation(), 2243 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2244 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2245 TInfo, 2246 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2247 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2248 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2249 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2250 } else { 2251 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2252 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2253 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2254 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2255 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2256 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2257 // an error here 2258 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2259 Invalid = true; 2260 SC = SC_None; 2261 } 2262 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2263 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2264 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2265 2266 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2267 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2268 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2269 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2270 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2271 } 2272 Anon->setImplicit(); 2273 2274 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2275 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2276 // its members. 2277 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2278 2279 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2280 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2281 // purposes. 2282 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2283 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2284 2285 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2286 Chain, false)) 2287 Invalid = true; 2288 2289 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2290 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2291 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2292 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2293 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2294 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2295 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2296 2297 if (Invalid) 2298 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2299 2300 return Anon; 2301} 2302 2303/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2304/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2305/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2306/// Example: 2307/// 2308/// struct A { int a; }; 2309/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2310/// 2311/// void foo() { 2312/// B var; 2313/// var.a = 3; 2314/// } 2315/// 2316Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2317 RecordDecl *Record) { 2318 2319 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2320 if (!Record) 2321 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2322 2323 // Mock up a declarator. 2324 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2325 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2326 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2327 2328 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2329 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2330 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2331 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2332 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2333 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2334 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2335 TInfo, 2336 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2337 Anon->setImplicit(); 2338 2339 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2340 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2341 2342 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2343 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2344 // purposes. 2345 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2346 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2347 2348 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2349 Record->getDefinition(), 2350 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2351 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2352 2353 return Anon; 2354} 2355 2356/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2357/// given Declarator. 2358DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2359 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2360} 2361 2362/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2363DeclarationNameInfo 2364Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2365 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2366 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2367 2368 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2369 2370 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2371 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2372 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2373 return NameInfo; 2374 2375 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2376 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2377 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2378 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2379 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2380 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2381 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2382 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2383 return NameInfo; 2384 2385 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2386 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2387 Name.Identifier)); 2388 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2389 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2390 return NameInfo; 2391 2392 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2393 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2394 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2395 if (Ty.isNull()) 2396 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2397 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2398 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2399 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2400 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2401 return NameInfo; 2402 } 2403 2404 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2405 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2406 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2407 if (Ty.isNull()) 2408 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2409 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2410 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2411 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2412 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2413 return NameInfo; 2414 } 2415 2416 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2417 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2418 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2419 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2420 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2421 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2422 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2423 2424 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2425 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2426 2427 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2428 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2429 // was qualified. 2430 2431 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2432 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2433 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2434 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2435 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2436 return NameInfo; 2437 } 2438 2439 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2440 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2441 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2442 if (Ty.isNull()) 2443 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2444 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2445 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2446 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2447 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2448 return NameInfo; 2449 } 2450 2451 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2452 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2453 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2454 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2455 } 2456 2457 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2458 2459 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2460 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2461} 2462 2463/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2464/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2465/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2466/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2467/// the class or namespace. 2468static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2469 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2470 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2471 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2472 return false; 2473 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2474 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2475 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2476 2477 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2478 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2479 return false; 2480 } 2481 2482 return true; 2483} 2484 2485/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2486/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2487/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2488/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2489/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2490static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2491 DeclarationName Name) { 2492 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2493 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2494 // - types which will become injected class names 2495 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2496 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2497 // few cases here. 2498 2499 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2500 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2501 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2502 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2503 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2504 // Grab the type from the parser. 2505 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2506 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2507 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2508 2509 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2510 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2511 // attached already. 2512 if (!TSI) 2513 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2514 2515 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2516 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2517 if (!TSI) return true; 2518 2519 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2520 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2521 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2522 break; 2523 } 2524 2525 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2526 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2527 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2528 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2529 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2530 break; 2531 } 2532 2533 default: 2534 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2535 break; 2536 } 2537 2538 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2539 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2540 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2541 2542 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2543 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2544 // pointer. 2545 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2546 continue; 2547 2548 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2549 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2550 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2551 return true; 2552 } 2553 2554 return false; 2555} 2556 2557Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2558 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2559} 2560 2561/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2562/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2563/// name different from T: 2564/// - every static data member of class T; 2565/// - every member function of class T 2566/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2567/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2568bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2569 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2570 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2571 2572 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2573 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2574 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2575 return true; 2576 } 2577 2578 return false; 2579} 2580 2581Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2582 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2583 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2584 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2585 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2586 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2587 2588 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2589 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2590 if (!Name) { 2591 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2592 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2593 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2594 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2595 return 0; 2596 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2597 return 0; 2598 2599 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2600 // we find one that is. 2601 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2602 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2603 S = S->getParent(); 2604 2605 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2606 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2607 D.setInvalidType(); 2608 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2609 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2610 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2611 return 0; 2612 2613 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2614 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2615 if (!DC) { 2616 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2617 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2618 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2619 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2620 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2621 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2622 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2623 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2624 return 0; 2625 } 2626 2627 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2628 2629 if (!IsDependentContext && 2630 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2631 return 0; 2632 2633 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2634 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2635 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2636 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2637 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2638 D.setInvalidType(); 2639 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2640 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2641 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2642 // definition: 2643 // 2644 // class X { 2645 // void X::f(); 2646 // }; 2647 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2648 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2649 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2650 else 2651 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2652 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2653 2654 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2655 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2656 } 2657 } 2658 2659 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2660 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2661 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2662 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2663 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2664 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2665 D.setInvalidType(); 2666 } 2667 } 2668 2669 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 2670 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2671 // Just return early; it's safer. 2672 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2673 return 0; 2674 2675 NamedDecl *New; 2676 2677 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2678 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2679 2680 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2681 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2682 D.setInvalidType(); 2683 2684 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2685 ForRedeclaration); 2686 2687 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2688 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2689 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2690 2691 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2692 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2693 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2694 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2695 /* Do nothing*/; 2696 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2697 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2698 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2699 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2700 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2701 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2702 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2703 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2704 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2705 2706 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2707 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2708 2709 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2710 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2711 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2712 2713 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2714 // out-of-line members. 2715 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2716 2717 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2718 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2719 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2720 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2721 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2722 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2723 // declarations namespace. 2724 // 2725 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2726 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2727 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2728 // 2729 // class X { 2730 // void f(); 2731 // void f(float); 2732 // }; 2733 // 2734 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2735 // 2736 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2737 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2738 // matches. 2739 2740 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2741 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2742 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2743 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2744 } else { 2745 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2746 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2747 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2748 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2749 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2750 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2751 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2752 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2753 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2754 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2755 else 2756 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2757 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2758 D.setInvalidType(); 2759 } 2760 } 2761 } 2762 2763 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2764 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2765 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2766 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2767 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2768 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2769 D.setInvalidType(); 2770 2771 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2772 Previous.clear(); 2773 } 2774 2775 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2776 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2777 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2778 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2779 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2780 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2781 Previous.clear(); 2782 2783 bool Redeclaration = false; 2784 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2785 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2786 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2787 return 0; 2788 } 2789 2790 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2791 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2792 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2793 move(TemplateParamLists), 2794 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2795 } else { 2796 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2797 move(TemplateParamLists), 2798 Redeclaration); 2799 } 2800 2801 if (New == 0) 2802 return 0; 2803 2804 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2805 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2806 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2807 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2808 2809 return New; 2810} 2811 2812/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2813/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2814/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2815static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2816 ASTContext &Context, 2817 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2818 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2819 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2820 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2821 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2822 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2823 SizeIsNegative = false; 2824 Oversized = 0; 2825 2826 if (T->isDependentType()) 2827 return QualType(); 2828 2829 QualifierCollector Qs; 2830 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2831 2832 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2833 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2834 QualType FixedType = 2835 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2836 Oversized); 2837 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2838 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2839 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2840 } 2841 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2842 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2843 QualType FixedType = 2844 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2845 Oversized); 2846 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2847 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2848 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2849 } 2850 2851 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2852 if (!VLATy) 2853 return QualType(); 2854 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2855 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2856 return QualType(); 2857 2858 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2859 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2860 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2861 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2862 return QualType(); 2863 2864 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2865 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2866 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2867 SizeIsNegative = true; 2868 return QualType(); 2869 } 2870 2871 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2872 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2873 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2874 Res); 2875 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2876 Oversized = Res; 2877 return QualType(); 2878 } 2879 2880 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2881 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2882} 2883 2884/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2885/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2886void 2887Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2888 const LookupResult &Previous, 2889 Scope *S) { 2890 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2891 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2892 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2893 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2894 2895 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2896 return; 2897 2898 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2899 2900 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2901 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2902 // declaration. 2903 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2904 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2905 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2906 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2907 S = S->getParent(); 2908 2909 if (S) 2910 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2911 } 2912} 2913 2914/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2915/// does not identify a function. 2916void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2917 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2918 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2919 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2920 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2921 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2922 2923 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2924 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2925 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2926 2927 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2928 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2929 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2930} 2931 2932NamedDecl* 2933Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2934 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2935 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2936 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2937 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2938 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2939 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2940 D.setInvalidType(); 2941 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2942 DC = CurContext; 2943 Previous.clear(); 2944 } 2945 2946 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2947 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2948 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2949 } 2950 2951 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2952 2953 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2954 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2955 2956 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2957 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2958 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2959 return 0; 2960 } 2961 2962 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2963 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2964 2965 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2966 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2967 2968 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 2969} 2970 2971/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 2972/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 2973/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 2974NamedDecl* 2975Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 2976 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2977 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2978 // then it shall have block scope. 2979 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2980 // that redeclarations will match. 2981 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2982 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2983 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2984 2985 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2986 bool SizeIsNegative; 2987 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2988 QualType FixedTy = 2989 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2990 Oversized); 2991 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2992 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2993 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2994 } else { 2995 if (SizeIsNegative) 2996 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2997 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2998 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2999 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3000 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3001 else 3002 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3003 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3004 } 3005 } 3006 } 3007 3008 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3009 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3010 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3011 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3012 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3013 Redeclaration = true; 3014 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3015 } 3016 3017 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3018 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3019 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3020 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3021 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3022 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3023 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3024 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3025 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3026 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3027 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3028 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3029 } 3030 3031 return NewTD; 3032} 3033 3034/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3035/// previous declaration. 3036/// 3037/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3038/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3039/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3040/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3041/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3042/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3043/// 3044/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3045/// lookup 3046/// 3047/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3048/// declared. 3049/// 3050/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3051/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3052static bool 3053isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3054 ASTContext &Context) { 3055 if (!PrevDecl) 3056 return false; 3057 3058 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3059 return false; 3060 3061 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3062 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3063 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3064 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3065 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3066 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3067 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3068 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3069 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3070 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3071 return false; 3072 3073 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3074 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3075 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3076 return false; 3077 3078 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3079 // previous declarations. 3080 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3081 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3082 3083 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3084 // isn't the same function. 3085 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3086 return false; 3087 } 3088 3089 return true; 3090} 3091 3092static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3093 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3094 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3095 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3096} 3097 3098NamedDecl* 3099Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3100 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3101 LookupResult &Previous, 3102 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3103 bool &Redeclaration) { 3104 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3105 3106 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3107 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3108 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3109 3110 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3111 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3112 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3113 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3114 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3115 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3116 // an error here 3117 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3118 D.setInvalidType(); 3119 SC = SC_None; 3120 } 3121 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3122 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3123 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3124 3125 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3126 if (!II) { 3127 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3128 << Name.getAsString(); 3129 return 0; 3130 } 3131 3132 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3133 3134 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3135 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3136 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3137 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3138 3139 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3140 // is a GNU extension. 3141 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3142 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3143 else 3144 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3145 D.setInvalidType(); 3146 } 3147 } 3148 3149 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3150 VarDecl *NewVD; 3151 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3152 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3153 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3154 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3155 3156 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3157 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3158 } else { 3159 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3160 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3161 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3162 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3163 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3164 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3165 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3166 SC = SC_Static; 3167 } 3168 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3169 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3170 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3171 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3172 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3173 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3174 3175 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3176 // the program is ill-formed. 3177 // 3178 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3179 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3180 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3181 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3182 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3183 } 3184 } 3185 3186 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3187 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3188 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3189 bool Invalid = false; 3190 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3191 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3192 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3193 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3194 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3195 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3196 /*never a friend*/ false, 3197 isExplicitSpecialization, 3198 Invalid)) { 3199 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3200 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3201 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3202 << II 3203 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3204 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3205 return 0; 3206 } else { 3207 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3208 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3209 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3210 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3211 << II 3212 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3213 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3214 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 3215 } 3216 } 3217 3218 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3219 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3220 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3221 3222 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3223 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3224 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3225 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3226 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3227 3228 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3229 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3230 3231 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3232 3233 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3234 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3235 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3236 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3237 } 3238 } 3239 3240 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3241 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3242 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3243 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3244 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3245 else 3246 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3247 } 3248 3249 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3250 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3251 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3252 3253 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3254 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3255 3256 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3257 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3258 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3259 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3260 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3261 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3262 switch (SC) { 3263 case SC_None: 3264 case SC_Auto: 3265 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3266 break; 3267 case SC_Register: 3268 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3269 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3270 break; 3271 case SC_Static: 3272 case SC_Extern: 3273 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3274 break; 3275 } 3276 } 3277 3278 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3279 Context, Label)); 3280 } 3281 3282 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3283 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3284 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3285 3286 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3287 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3288 // declaration has linkage). 3289 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3290 isExplicitSpecialization); 3291 3292 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3293 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3294 else { 3295 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3296 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3297 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3298 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3299 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3300 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3301 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3302 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3303 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3304 Previous.clear(); 3305 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3306 } 3307 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3308 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3309 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3310 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3311 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3312 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3313 } 3314 3315 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3316 3317 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3318 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3319 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3320 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3321 } 3322 3323 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3324 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3325 // here. 3326 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3327 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3328 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3329 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3330 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3331 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3332 } 3333 } 3334 3335 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3336 // such variables. 3337 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3338 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3339 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3340 3341 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3342 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3343 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3344 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3345 3346 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3347 3348 return NewVD; 3349} 3350 3351/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3352/// -Wshadow. 3353/// 3354/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3355/// scope. 3356/// 3357/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3358/// \param R the lookup of the name 3359/// 3360void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3361 // Return if warning is ignored. 3362 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3363 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3364 return; 3365 3366 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3367 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3368 if (NewDC->isFileContext()) 3369 return; 3370 3371 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3372 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3373 return; 3374 3375 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3376 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3377 return; 3378 3379 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3380 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3381 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3382 if (MD->isStatic()) 3383 return; 3384 3385 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3386 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3387 // Don't warn for this case: 3388 // 3389 // @code 3390 // extern int bob; 3391 // void f() { 3392 // extern int bob; 3393 // } 3394 // @endcode 3395 if (D->isExternC()) 3396 return; 3397 3398 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3399 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3400 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3401 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3402 I != E; ++I) 3403 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3404 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3405 break; 3406 } 3407 } 3408 3409 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3410 3411 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3412 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3413 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3414 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3415 return; 3416 3417 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3418 // static data members from base classes? 3419 3420 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3421 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3422 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3423 } 3424 3425 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3426 unsigned Kind; 3427 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3428 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3429 Kind = 3; // field 3430 else 3431 Kind = 2; // static data member 3432 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3433 Kind = 1; // global 3434 else 3435 Kind = 0; // local 3436 3437 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3438 3439 // Emit warning and note. 3440 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3441 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3442} 3443 3444/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3445void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3446 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3447 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3448 return; 3449 3450 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3451 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3452 LookupName(R, S); 3453 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3454} 3455 3456/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3457/// declaration. 3458/// 3459/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3460/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3461/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3462/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3463/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3464/// 3465/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3466void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3467 LookupResult &Previous, 3468 bool &Redeclaration) { 3469 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3470 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3471 return; 3472 3473 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3474 3475 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3476 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3477 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3478 } 3479 3480 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3481 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3482 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3483 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3484 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3485 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3486 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3487 } 3488 3489 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3490 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3491 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3492 3493 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3494 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3495 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3496 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3497 3498 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3499 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3500 bool SizeIsNegative; 3501 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3502 QualType FixedTy = 3503 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3504 Oversized); 3505 3506 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3507 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3508 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3509 // int a[10][n]; 3510 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3511 3512 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3513 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3514 << SizeRange; 3515 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3516 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3517 << SizeRange; 3518 else 3519 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3520 << SizeRange; 3521 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3522 } 3523 3524 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3525 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3526 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3527 else 3528 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3529 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3530 } 3531 3532 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3533 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3534 } 3535 3536 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3537 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3538 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3539 // declaration with the same name. 3540 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3541 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3542 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3543 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3544 } 3545 3546 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3547 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3548 << T; 3549 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3550 } 3551 3552 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3553 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3554 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3555 } 3556 3557 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3558 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3559 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3560 } 3561 3562 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3563 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3564 QualType Pointee; 3565 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3566 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3567 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3568 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3569 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3570 PtrOrRef = 1; 3571 } 3572 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3573 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3574 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3575 << PtrOrRef; 3576 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3577 } 3578 3579 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3580 Redeclaration = true; 3581 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3582 } 3583} 3584 3585/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3586struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3587 Sema *S; 3588 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3589}; 3590 3591/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3592/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3593/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3594static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3595 CXXBasePath &Path, 3596 void *UserData) { 3597 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3598 3599 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3600 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3601 3602 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3603 3604 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3605 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3606 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3607 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3608 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3609 3610 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3611 } 3612 3613 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3614 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3615 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3616 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3617 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3618 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3619 return true; 3620 } 3621 } 3622 3623 return false; 3624} 3625 3626/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3627/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3628bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3629 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3630 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3631 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3632 Data.Method = MD; 3633 Data.S = this; 3634 bool AddedAny = false; 3635 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3636 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3637 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3638 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3639 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3640 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3641 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3642 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3643 AddedAny = true; 3644 } 3645 } 3646 } 3647 } 3648 3649 return AddedAny; 3650} 3651 3652static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3653 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3654 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3655 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3656 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3657 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3658 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3659 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3660 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3661 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3662 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3663 } 3664} 3665 3666NamedDecl* 3667Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3668 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3669 LookupResult &Previous, 3670 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3671 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3672 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3673 3674 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3675 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3676 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3677 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3678 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3679 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3680 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3681 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3682 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3683 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3684 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3685 D.setInvalidType(); 3686 break; 3687 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3688 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3689 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3690 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3691 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3692 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3693 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3694 // other than extern 3695 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3696 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3697 diag::err_static_block_func); 3698 SC = SC_None; 3699 } else 3700 SC = SC_Static; 3701 break; 3702 } 3703 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3704 } 3705 3706 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3707 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3708 3709 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3710 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3711 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3712 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3713 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3714 D.setInvalidType(); 3715 } 3716 3717 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3718 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3719 bool isFriend = false; 3720 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3721 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3722 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3723 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3724 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3725 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3726 3727 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3728 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3729 // prototype. This true when: 3730 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3731 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3732 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3733 bool HasPrototype = 3734 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3735 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3736 3737 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3738 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3739 HasPrototype); 3740 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3741 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3742 3743 // Set the lexical context. 3744 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3745 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3746 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 3747 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3748 } else { 3749 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3750 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3751 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3752 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3753 3754 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3755 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3756 // the class has been completely parsed. 3757 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3758 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3759 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3760 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3761 AbstractReturnType)) 3762 D.setInvalidType(); 3763 3764 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3765 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3766 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3767 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3768 3769 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3770 3771 // Create the new declaration 3772 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3773 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3774 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3775 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3776 isExplicit, isInline, 3777 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3778 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3779 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3780 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3781 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3782 3783 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3784 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3785 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3786 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3787 isInline, 3788 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3789 isVirtualOkay = true; 3790 } else { 3791 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3792 3793 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3794 // code path. 3795 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3796 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 3797 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3798 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3799 D.setInvalidType(); 3800 } 3801 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3802 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3803 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3804 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3805 return 0; 3806 } 3807 3808 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3809 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3810 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3811 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3812 isInline, isExplicit, 3813 SourceLocation()); 3814 3815 isVirtualOkay = true; 3816 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3817 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3818 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3819 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3820 // constructor if it has no return type). 3821 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3822 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3823 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3824 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3825 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3826 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3827 return 0; 3828 } 3829 3830 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3831 3832 // [class.free]p1: 3833 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3834 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3835 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3836 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3837 isStatic = true; 3838 3839 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3840 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3841 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3842 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3843 isStatic = true; 3844 3845 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3846 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3847 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3848 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3849 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3850 SourceLocation()); 3851 3852 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3853 } else { 3854 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3855 // prototype. This true when: 3856 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3857 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3858 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3859 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3860 } 3861 3862 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3863 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3864 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3865 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3866 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3867 } 3868 3869 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3870 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3871 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3872 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3873 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3874 3875 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3876 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3877 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3878 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3879 3880 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3881 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3882 bool Invalid = false; 3883 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3884 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3885 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3886 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3887 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3888 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3889 isFriend, 3890 isExplicitSpecialization, 3891 Invalid)) { 3892 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3893 // This is a function template 3894 3895 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3896 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3897 return 0; 3898 3899 // A destructor cannot be a template. 3900 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3901 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 3902 return 0; 3903 } 3904 3905 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3906 NewFD->getLocation(), 3907 Name, TemplateParams, 3908 NewFD); 3909 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3910 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3911 3912 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 3913 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 3914 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3915 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 3916 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3917 } 3918 } else { 3919 // This is a function template specialization. 3920 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3921 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 3922 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3923 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3924 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3925 3926 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3927 if (isFriend) { 3928 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3929 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3930 3931 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3932 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3933 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3934 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3935 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3936 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3937 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3938 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3939 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3940 } 3941 3942 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3943 << Name << RemoveRange 3944 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3945 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3946 } 3947 } 3948 } 3949 else { 3950 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 3951 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 3952 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 3953 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 3954 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3955 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3956 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3957 } 3958 3959 if (Invalid) { 3960 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3961 if (FunctionTemplate) 3962 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3963 } 3964 3965 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3966 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3967 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3968 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3969 // 3970 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3971 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3972 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3973 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3974 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3975 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3976 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3977 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3978 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3979 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 3980 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 3981 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 3982 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3983 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 3984 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3985 } else { 3986 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3987 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3988 } 3989 } 3990 3991 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3992 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3993 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3994 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3995 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3996 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3997 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3998 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3999 } 4000 } 4001 4002 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4003 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4004 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4005 // and 12.3.2. 4006 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4007 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4008 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4009 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4010 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4011 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4012 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4013 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4014 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4015 // or conversion function. 4016 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4017 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4018 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4019 } 4020 } 4021 4022 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4023 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4024 isExplicitSpecialization || 4025 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4026 4027 if (isFriend) { 4028 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4029 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4030 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4031 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4032 } 4033 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4034 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4035 } 4036 4037 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4038 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4039 // definition. 4040 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4041 } 4042 4043 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4044 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4045 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4046 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4047 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4048 // the class. 4049 4050 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4051 // member function definition. 4052 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4053 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4054 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4055 } 4056 } 4057 4058 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4059 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4060 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4061 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4062 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4063 SE->getString())); 4064 } 4065 4066 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4067 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4068 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4069 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4070 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4071 4072 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4073 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4074 // single void argument. 4075 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4076 // already checks for that case. 4077 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4078 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4079 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4080 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4081 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4082 4083 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4084 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4085 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4086 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4087 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4088 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4089 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4090 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4091 << IsTypeAlias; 4092 } 4093 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4094 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4095 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4096 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4097 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4098 Params.push_back(Param); 4099 4100 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4101 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4102 } 4103 } 4104 4105 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4106 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4107 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4108 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4109 // 4110 // @code 4111 // typedef void fn(int); 4112 // fn f; 4113 // @endcode 4114 4115 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4116 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4117 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4118 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4119 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4120 Params.push_back(Param); 4121 } 4122 } else { 4123 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4124 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4125 } 4126 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4127 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4128 4129 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4130 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4131 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4132 4133 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4134 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4135 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4136 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4137 Redeclaration); 4138 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4139 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4140 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4141 } else { 4142 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4143 // argument list into our AST format. 4144 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4145 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4146 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4147 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4148 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4149 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4150 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4151 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4152 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4153 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4154 TemplateArgs); 4155 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4156 4157 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4158 4159 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4160 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4161 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4162 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4163 4164 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4165 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4166 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4167 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4168 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4169 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4170 // too few of them). 4171 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4172 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4173 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4174 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4175 "template<> "); 4176 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4177 } else { 4178 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4179 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4180 } 4181 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4182 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4183 // wrote something like: 4184 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4185 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4186 // friend void foo<>(int); 4187 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4188 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4189 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4190 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4191 } 4192 4193 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4194 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4195 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4196 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4197 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4198 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4199 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4200 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4201 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4202 Previous)) 4203 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4204 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4205 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4206 && !isFriend) { 4207 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4208 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4209 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4210 return 0; 4211 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4212 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4213 Previous)) 4214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4215 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4216 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4217 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4218 } 4219 4220 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4221 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4222 Redeclaration); 4223 4224 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4225 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4226 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4227 4228 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4229 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4230 : NewFD); 4231 4232 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4233 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4234 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4235 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4236 4237 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4238 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4239 4240 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4241 } 4242 4243 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4244 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4245 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4246 4247 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4248 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4249 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4250 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4251 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4252 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4253 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4254 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4255 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4256 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4257 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4258 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4259 DC->isDependentContext()) 4260 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4261 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4262 } 4263 4264 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4265 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4266 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4267 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4268 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4269 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4270 4271 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4272 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4273 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4274 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4275 4276 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4277 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4278 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4279 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4280 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4281 // can actually do this check immediately. 4282 if (isFriend && 4283 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4284 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4285 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4286 // ignore these 4287 } else { 4288 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4289 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4290 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4291 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4292 // 4293 // class X { 4294 // void f() const; 4295 // }; 4296 // 4297 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4298 // 4299 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4300 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4301 // whether the parameter types are references). 4302 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4303 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4304 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4305 4306 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4307 } 4308 4309 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4310 // to something. 4311 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4312 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4313 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4314 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4315 } 4316 4317 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4318 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4319 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4320 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4321 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4322 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4323 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4324 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4325 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4326 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4327 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4328 } 4329 } 4330 4331 4332 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4333 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4334 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4335 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4336 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4337 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4338 4339 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4340 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4341 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4342 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4343 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4344 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4345 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4346 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4347 } 4348 } 4349 4350 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4351 4352 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4353 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4354 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4355 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4356 << NewFD; 4357 4358 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4359 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4360 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4361 EPI.Variadic = true; 4362 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4363 4364 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4365 NewFD->setType(R); 4366 } 4367 4368 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4369 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4370 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4371 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4372 4373 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4374 // map of such names. 4375 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4376 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4377 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4378 4379 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4380 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4381 4382 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4383 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4384 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4385 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4386 return FunctionTemplate; 4387 } 4388 } 4389 4390 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4391 4392 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4393 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4394 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4395 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4396 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4397 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4398 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4399 4400 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4401 } 4402 } 4403 4404 return NewFD; 4405} 4406 4407/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4408/// 4409/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4410/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4411/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4412/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4413/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4414/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4415/// via InstantiateDecl). 4416/// 4417/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4418/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4419/// 4420/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4421void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4422 LookupResult &Previous, 4423 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4424 bool &Redeclaration) { 4425 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4426 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4427 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4428 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4429 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4430 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4431 4432 return; 4433 } 4434 4435 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4436 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4437 // because all functions have linkage. 4438 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4439 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4440 } 4441 4442 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4443 CheckMain(NewFD); 4444 4445 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4446 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4447 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4448 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4449 // declaration with the same name. 4450 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4451 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4452 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4453 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4454 } 4455 4456 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4457 // the same name, if appropriate. 4458 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4459 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4460 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4461 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4462 // function to the scope. 4463 4464 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4465 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4466 Redeclaration = true; 4467 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4468 } else { 4469 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4470 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4471 case Ovl_Match: 4472 Redeclaration = true; 4473 break; 4474 4475 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4476 Redeclaration = true; 4477 break; 4478 4479 case Ovl_Overload: 4480 Redeclaration = false; 4481 break; 4482 } 4483 4484 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4485 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4486 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4487 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4488 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4489 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4490 if (Redeclaration) 4491 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4492 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4493 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4494 if (OverloadedDecl) 4495 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4496 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4497 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4498 Context)); 4499 } 4500 } 4501 4502 if (Redeclaration) { 4503 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4504 // merged. 4505 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4506 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4507 4508 Previous.clear(); 4509 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4510 4511 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4512 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4513 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4514 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4515 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4516 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4517 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4518 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4519 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4520 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4521 } 4522 4523 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4524 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4525 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4526 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4527 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4528 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4529 } 4530 } else { 4531 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4532 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4533 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4534 } 4535 } 4536 } 4537 4538 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4539 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4540 // C++-specific checks. 4541 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4542 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4543 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4544 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4545 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4546 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4547 4548 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4549 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4550 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4551 DeclarationName Name 4552 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4553 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4554 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4555 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4556 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4557 } 4558 } 4559 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4560 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4561 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4562 } 4563 4564 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4565 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4566 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4567 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4568 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4569 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4570 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4571 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4572 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4573 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4574 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4575 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4576 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4577 ++Overridden) { 4578 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4579 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4580 } 4581 } 4582 } 4583 } 4584 } 4585 4586 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4587 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4588 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4589 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4590 4591 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4592 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4593 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4594 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4595 4596 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4597 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4598 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4599 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4600 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4601 4602 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4603 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4604 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4605 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4606 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4607 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4608 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4609 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4610 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4611 } 4612 } 4613 } 4614} 4615 4616void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4617 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4618 // or static is ill-formed. 4619 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4620 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4621 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4622 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4623 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4624 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4625 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4626 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4627 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4628 4629 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4630 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4631 } 4632 4633 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4634 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4635 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4636 4637 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4638 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4639 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4640 } 4641 4642 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4643 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4644 4645 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4646 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4647 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4648 4649 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4650 4651 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4652 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4653 // getting shifty. 4654 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 4655 HasExtraParameters = false; 4656 4657 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4658 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4659 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4660 nparams = 3; 4661 } 4662 4663 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4664 // if we had some location information about types. 4665 4666 QualType CharPP = 4667 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4668 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4669 4670 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4671 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4672 4673 bool mismatch = true; 4674 4675 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4676 mismatch = false; 4677 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4678 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4679 // char const ** 4680 // char const * const * 4681 // char * const * 4682 4683 QualifierCollector qs; 4684 const PointerType* PT; 4685 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4686 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4687 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4688 qs.removeConst(); 4689 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4690 } 4691 } 4692 4693 if (mismatch) { 4694 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4695 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4696 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4697 } 4698 } 4699 4700 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4701 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4702 } 4703 4704 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4705 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4706 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4707 } 4708} 4709 4710bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4711 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4712 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4713 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4714 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4715 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4716 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4717 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4718 // rules there don't matter.) 4719 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4720 return false; 4721 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4722 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4723 return true; 4724} 4725 4726namespace { 4727 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 4728 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 4729 class SelfReferenceChecker 4730 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 4731 Sema &S; 4732 Decl *OrigDecl; 4733 4734 public: 4735 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 4736 4737 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 4738 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 4739 4740 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 4741 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 4742 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 4743 } 4744 4745 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 4746 CheckForSelfReference(E); 4747 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 4748 } 4749 4750 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 4751 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 4752 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 4753 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 4754 if (!DRE) return; 4755 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 4756 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 4757 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 4758 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 4759 S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 4760 << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 4761 << SubExpr->getSourceRange(); 4762 } 4763 }; 4764} 4765 4766/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4767/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4768/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4769void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 4770 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 4771 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4772 // the initializer. 4773 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 4774 return; 4775 4776 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 4777 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4778 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 4779 // by a dataflow analysis. 4780 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 4781 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 4782 } 4783 else { 4784 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 4785 } 4786 4787 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4788 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4789 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4790 // Thus this grotesque test. 4791 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4792 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4793 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4794 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4795 else { 4796 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4797 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4798 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4799 } 4800 return; 4801 } 4802 4803 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4804 if (!VDecl) { 4805 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4806 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4807 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4808 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4809 else 4810 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4811 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4812 return; 4813 } 4814 4815 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 4816 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 4817 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 4818 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 4819 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 4820 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 4821 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4822 if (!DeducedType) { 4823 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4824 return; 4825 } 4826 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 4827 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 4828 4829 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 4830 // the previously declared type. 4831 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 4832 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 4833 } 4834 4835 4836 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4837 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4838 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4839 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4840 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4841 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4842 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4843 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4844 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4845 return; 4846 } 4847 4848 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4849 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4850 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4851 AbstractVariableType)) 4852 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4853 4854 const VarDecl *Def; 4855 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4856 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4857 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4858 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4859 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4860 return; 4861 } 4862 4863 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4864 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4865 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4866 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4867 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4868 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4869 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4870 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4871 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4872 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4873 // 4874 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4875 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4876 // declaration with an initializer. 4877 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4878 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4879 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4880 return; 4881 } 4882 4883 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4884 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4885 4886 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 4887 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4888 return; 4889 } 4890 } 4891 4892 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4893 // initialization. 4894 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4895 4896 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4897 InitializationKind Kind 4898 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4899 Init->getLocStart(), 4900 Init->getLocEnd()) 4901 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4902 Init->getLocStart()); 4903 4904 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4905 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4906 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4907 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4908 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4909 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4910 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4911 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4912 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4913 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4914 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4915 &DclT); 4916 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4917 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4918 return; 4919 } 4920 4921 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4922 4923 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4924 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4925 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4926 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4927 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4928 } 4929 } 4930 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4931 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4932 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4933 // 4934 // struct S { 4935 // static const int value = 17; 4936 // }; 4937 4938 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4939 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4940 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4941 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4942 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4943 &DclT); 4944 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4945 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4946 return; 4947 } 4948 4949 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4950 } 4951 4952 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4953 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4954 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4955 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4956 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4957 4958 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4959 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4960 4961 // Require constness. 4962 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4963 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4964 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4965 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4966 4967 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4968 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4969 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4970 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4971 llvm::APSInt Value; 4972 SourceLocation Loc; 4973 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4974 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4975 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4976 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4977 } 4978 } 4979 4980 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4981 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4982 // implement fully. 4983 } else { 4984 bool Allowed = false; 4985 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4986 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4987 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4988 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4989 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4990 Allowed = true; 4991 } 4992 4993 if (!Allowed) { 4994 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4995 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4996 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4997 4998 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4999 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5000 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5001 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5002 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5003 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5004 } 5005 } 5006 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5007 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5008 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5009 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5010 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5011 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5012 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5013 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5014 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5015 &DclT); 5016 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5017 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5018 return; 5019 } 5020 5021 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5022 } 5023 5024 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5025 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5026 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5027 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5028 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5029 } 5030 } 5031 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5032 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5033 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5034 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5035 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5036 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5037 Init->setType(DclT); 5038 } 5039 5040 5041 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5042 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5043 // global/static definition. 5044 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5045 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5046 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5047 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5048 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5049 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5050 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5051 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5052 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5053 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5054 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5055 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5056 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5057 } 5058 } 5059 } 5060 5061 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5062 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5063 5064 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5065 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5066 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5067 5068 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5069} 5070 5071/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5072/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5073/// of sanity. 5074void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5075 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5076 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5077 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5078 5079 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5080 if (!VD) return; 5081 5082 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5083 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5084 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5085 return; 5086 } 5087 5088 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5089 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5090 5091 // Require a complete type. 5092 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5093 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5094 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5095 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5096 return; 5097 } 5098 5099 // Require an abstract type. 5100 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5101 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5102 AbstractVariableType)) { 5103 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5104 return; 5105 } 5106 5107 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5108 // though. 5109} 5110 5111void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5112 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5113 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5114 if (RealDecl == 0) 5115 return; 5116 5117 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5118 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5119 5120 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5121 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5122 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5123 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5124 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5125 return; 5126 } 5127 5128 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5129 case VarDecl::Definition: 5130 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5131 break; 5132 5133 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5134 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5135 // a declaration. 5136 // 5137 // Fall through 5138 5139 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5140 // It's only a declaration. 5141 5142 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5143 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5144 // object shall be complete. 5145 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5146 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5147 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5148 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5149 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5150 5151 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5152 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5153 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5154 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5155 AbstractVariableType)) 5156 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5157 return; 5158 5159 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5160 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5161 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5162 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5163 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5164 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5165 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5166 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5167 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5168 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5169 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5170 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5171 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5172 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5173 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5174 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5175 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5176 // NOTE: code such as the following 5177 // static struct s; 5178 // struct s { int a; }; 5179 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5180 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5181 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5182 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5183 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5184 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5185 } 5186 } 5187 5188 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5189 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5190 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5191 return; 5192 } 5193 5194 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5195 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5196 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5197 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5198 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5199 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5200 return; 5201 } 5202 5203 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5204 // definitions with reference type. 5205 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5206 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5207 << Var->getDeclName() 5208 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5209 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5210 return; 5211 } 5212 5213 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5214 // variable with dependent type. 5215 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5216 return; 5217 5218 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5219 return; 5220 5221 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5222 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5223 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5224 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5225 return; 5226 } 5227 5228 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5229 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5230 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5231 AbstractVariableType)) { 5232 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5233 return; 5234 } 5235 5236 const RecordType *Record 5237 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5238 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5239 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5240 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5241 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5242 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5243 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5244 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5245 // type shall have a user-declared default 5246 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5247 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5248 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5249 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5250 // program is ill-formed. 5251 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 5252 } else { 5253 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5254 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5255 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5256 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 5257 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5258 5259 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5260 InitializationKind Kind 5261 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5262 5263 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5264 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5265 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5266 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5267 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5268 else if (Init.get()) 5269 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5270 } 5271 5272 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5273 } 5274} 5275 5276void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5277 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5278 if (!VD) { 5279 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5280 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5281 return; 5282 } 5283 5284 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5285 5286 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5287 int Error = -1; 5288 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5289 case SC_None: 5290 break; 5291 case SC_Extern: 5292 Error = 0; 5293 break; 5294 case SC_Static: 5295 Error = 1; 5296 break; 5297 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5298 Error = 2; 5299 break; 5300 case SC_Auto: 5301 Error = 3; 5302 break; 5303 case SC_Register: 5304 Error = 4; 5305 break; 5306 } 5307 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5308 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5309 // Error = 5; 5310 if (Error != -1) { 5311 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5312 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5313 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5314 } 5315} 5316 5317void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5318 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5319 5320 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5321 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5322 5323 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5324 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5325 5326 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5327 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5328 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5329 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5330 5331 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5332 // constructing this copy. 5333 QualType type = var->getType(); 5334 5335 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5336 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5337 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5338 ExprResult result = 5339 PerformCopyInitialization( 5340 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5341 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5342 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5343 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5344 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5345 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5346 } 5347 } 5348 } 5349 5350 // Check for global constructors. 5351 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5352 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5353 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5354 var->getInit() && 5355 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5356 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5357 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5358 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5359 5360 // Require the destructor. 5361 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5362 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5363} 5364 5365/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5366/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5367void 5368Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5369 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5370 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5371} 5372 5373Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5374Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5375 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5376 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5377 5378 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5379 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5380 5381 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5382 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5383 Decls.push_back(D); 5384 5385 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5386 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5387} 5388 5389/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5390/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5391Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5392Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5393 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5394 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5395 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5396 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5397 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5398 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5399 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5400 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5401 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5402 QualType Deduced; 5403 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5404 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5405 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5406 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5407 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5408 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5409 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5410 break; 5411 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5412 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5413 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5414 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5415 Deduced = U; 5416 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5417 DeducedDecl = D; 5418 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5419 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5420 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5421 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5422 << U << D->getDeclName() 5423 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5424 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5425 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5426 break; 5427 } 5428 } 5429 } 5430 } 5431 } 5432 5433 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5434} 5435 5436 5437/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5438/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5439Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5440 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5441 5442 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5443 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5444 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5445 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5446 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5447 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5448 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5449 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5450 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5451 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5452 } 5453 5454 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5455 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5456 5457 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5458 5459 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5460 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5461 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5462 5463 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5464 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5465 // parameter. 5466 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5467 5468 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5469 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5470 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5471 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5472 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5473 } 5474 5475 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5476 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5477 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5478 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5479 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5480 } 5481 } 5482 5483 // Ensure we have a valid name 5484 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5485 if (D.hasName()) { 5486 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5487 if (!II) { 5488 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5489 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5490 D.setInvalidType(true); 5491 } 5492 } 5493 5494 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5495 if (II) { 5496 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5497 ForRedeclaration); 5498 LookupName(R, S); 5499 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5500 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5501 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5502 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5503 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5504 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5505 PrevDecl = 0; 5506 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5507 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5508 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5509 5510 // Recover by removing the name 5511 II = 0; 5512 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5513 D.setInvalidType(true); 5514 } 5515 } 5516 } 5517 5518 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5519 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5520 // looking like class members in C++. 5521 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5522 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5523 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5524 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5525 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5526 5527 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5528 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5529 5530 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5531 S->AddDecl(New); 5532 if (II) 5533 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5534 5535 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5536 5537 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5538 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5539 } 5540 return New; 5541} 5542 5543/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5544/// typedef. 5545ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5546 SourceLocation Loc, 5547 QualType T) { 5548 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5549 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5550 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5551 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5552 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5553 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5554 Param->setImplicit(); 5555 return Param; 5556} 5557 5558void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5559 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5560 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5561 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5562 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5563 return; 5564 5565 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5566 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5567 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5568 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5569 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5570 } 5571 } 5572} 5573 5574void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5575 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5576 QualType ReturnTy, 5577 NamedDecl *D) { 5578 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5579 return; 5580 5581 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5582 // threshold. 5583 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5584 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5585 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5586 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5587 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5588 } 5589 5590 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5591 // threshold. 5592 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5593 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5594 if (!T->isPODType()) 5595 continue; 5596 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5597 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5598 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5599 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5600 } 5601} 5602 5603ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 5604 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 5605 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 5606 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5607 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5608 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 5609 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5610 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5611 0); 5612 5613 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5614 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5615 // the class has been completely parsed. 5616 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5617 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5618 AbstractParamType)) 5619 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5620 5621 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5622 // passed by reference. 5623 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5624 Diag(NameLoc, 5625 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5626 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5627 } 5628 5629 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5630 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5631 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5632 // an address space. 5633 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5634 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5635 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5636 } 5637 5638 return New; 5639} 5640 5641void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5642 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5643 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5644 5645 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5646 // for a K&R function. 5647 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5648 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5649 --i; 5650 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5651 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5652 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5653 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5654 << ";\n"; 5655 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5656 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5657 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5658 5659 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5660 // type. 5661 AttributeFactory attrs; 5662 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 5663 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5664 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5665 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5666 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5667 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5668 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5669 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5670 } 5671 } 5672 } 5673} 5674 5675Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5676 Declarator &D) { 5677 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5678 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5679 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5680 5681 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5682 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5683 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5684 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5685} 5686 5687static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5688 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5689 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5690 return false; 5691 5692 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5693 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5694 return false; 5695 5696 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5697 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5698 return false; 5699 5700 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5701 if (FD->isMain()) 5702 return false; 5703 5704 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5705 if (FD->isInlined()) 5706 return false; 5707 5708 // Don't warn about function templates. 5709 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5710 return false; 5711 5712 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5713 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5714 return false; 5715 5716 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5717 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5718 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5719 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5720 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5721 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5722 continue; 5723 5724 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5725 break; 5726 } 5727 5728 return MissingPrototype; 5729} 5730 5731Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5732 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5733 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5734 5735 if (!D) 5736 return D; 5737 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5738 5739 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5740 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5741 else 5742 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5743 5744 // Enter a new function scope 5745 PushFunctionScope(); 5746 5747 // See if this is a redefinition. 5748 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5749 // was an extern inline function. 5750 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5751 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5752 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5753 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5754 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5755 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5756 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5757 else 5758 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5759 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5760 } 5761 5762 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5763 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5764 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5765 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5766 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5767 } 5768 } 5769 5770 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5771 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5772 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5773 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5774 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5775 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5776 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5777 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5778 5779 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5780 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5781 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5782 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5783 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5784 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5785 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5786 5787 if (FnBodyScope) 5788 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5789 5790 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5791 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5792 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5793 5794 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5795 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5796 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5797 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5798 5799 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5800 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5801 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5802 5803 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5804 } 5805 } 5806 5807 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5808 // dllimport attribute. 5809 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5810 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5811 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5812 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 5813 if (!DA->isInherited() && 5814 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 5815 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5816 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5817 << "dllimport"; 5818 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5819 return FD; 5820 } 5821 5822 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5823 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5824 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5825 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5826 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5827 // emitted. 5828 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5829 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5830 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5831 } 5832 } 5833 return FD; 5834} 5835 5836/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5837/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5838/// optimization. 5839/// 5840/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5841/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5842/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5843/// use the named return value optimization. 5844/// 5845/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5846/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5847/// the NRVO variable. 5848/// 5849/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5850/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5851/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5852static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5853 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5854 5855 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5856 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5857 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5858 return; 5859 5860 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5861 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5862 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5863 return; 5864 } 5865 5866 if (NRVOCandidate) 5867 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5868} 5869 5870Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5871 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5872} 5873 5874Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5875 bool IsInstantiation) { 5876 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5877 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5878 if (FunTmpl) 5879 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5880 else 5881 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5882 5883 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5884 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 5885 5886 if (FD) { 5887 FD->setBody(Body); 5888 if (FD->isMain()) { 5889 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5890 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5891 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5892 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5893 } 5894 5895 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5896 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5897 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5898 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5899 5900 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5901 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5902 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5903 5904 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5905 } 5906 5907 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5908 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5909 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5910 MD->setBody(Body); 5911 if (Body) 5912 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5913 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5914 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5915 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5916 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5917 } 5918 } else { 5919 return 0; 5920 } 5921 5922 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5923 if (Body) { 5924 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5925 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5926 // Verify this. 5927 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5928 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5929 5930 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5931 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5932 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5933 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5934 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5935 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5936 5937 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5938 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5939 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5940 5941 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5942 Destructor->getParent()); 5943 } 5944 5945 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5946 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5947 // deletion in some later function. 5948 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 5949 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 5950 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5951 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5952 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5953 // enabled. 5954 ActivePolicy = &WP; 5955 } 5956 5957 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5958 } 5959 5960 if (!IsInstantiation) 5961 PopDeclContext(); 5962 5963 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 5964 5965 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5966 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5967 // deletion in some later function. 5968 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5969 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5970 5971 return dcl; 5972} 5973 5974/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5975/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5976NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5977 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5978 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5979 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5980 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5981 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5982 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5983 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5984 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5985 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5986 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5987 return Pos->second; 5988 } 5989 5990 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5991 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5992 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5993 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5994 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5995 else 5996 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5997 5998 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5999 const char *Dummy; 6000 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6001 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6002 unsigned DiagID; 6003 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6004 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6005 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6006 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6007 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6008 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6009 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6010 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6011 DS.getAttributes(), 6012 SourceLocation()); 6013 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6014 6015 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6016 6017 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6018 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6019 6020 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6021 FD->setImplicit(); 6022 6023 CurContext = PrevDC; 6024 6025 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6026 6027 return FD; 6028} 6029 6030/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6031/// the declaration of this function. 6032/// 6033/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6034/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6035/// like NSLog or printf. 6036void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6037 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6038 return; 6039 6040 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6041 // actual attributes. 6042 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6043 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6044 unsigned FormatIdx; 6045 bool HasVAListArg; 6046 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6047 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6048 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6049 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6050 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6051 } 6052 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6053 HasVAListArg)) { 6054 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6055 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6056 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6057 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6058 } 6059 6060 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6061 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6062 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6063 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6064 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6065 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6066 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6067 } 6068 6069 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 6070 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6071 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 6072 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6073 } 6074 6075 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6076 if (!Name) 6077 return; 6078 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6079 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6080 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6081 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6082 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6083 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6084 // about. 6085 } else 6086 return; 6087 6088 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6089 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6090 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6091 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6092 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6093 } else 6094 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6095 "printf", 1, 6096 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6097 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6098 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6099 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6100 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6101 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6102 "printf", 2, 6103 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6104 } 6105} 6106 6107TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6108 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6109 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6110 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6111 6112 if (!TInfo) { 6113 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6114 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6115 } 6116 6117 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6118 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6119 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6120 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6121 D.getIdentifier(), 6122 TInfo); 6123 6124 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6125 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6126 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6127 return NewTD; 6128 } 6129 6130 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6131 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6132 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6133 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6134 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6135 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6136 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6137 case TST_enum: 6138 case TST_struct: 6139 case TST_union: 6140 case TST_class: { 6141 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6142 6143 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6144 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6145 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6146 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6147 6148 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6149 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6150 6151 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6152 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6153 break; 6154 6155 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6156 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6157 break; 6158 } 6159 6160 default: 6161 break; 6162 } 6163 6164 return NewTD; 6165} 6166 6167 6168/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6169/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6170/// 6171/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6172bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6173 TagTypeKind NewTag, 6174 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6175 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6176 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6177 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6178 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6179 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6180 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6181 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6182 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6183 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6184 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6185 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6186 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6187 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6188 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6189 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6190 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6191 return true; 6192 6193 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6194 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6195 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6196 bool isTemplate = false; 6197 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6198 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6199 6200 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6201 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6202 << isTemplate << &Name 6203 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6204 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6205 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6206 return true; 6207 } 6208 return false; 6209} 6210 6211/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6212/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6213/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6214/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6215Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6216 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6217 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6218 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6219 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6220 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6221 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6222 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6223 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6224 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6225 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6226 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6227 6228 OwnedDecl = false; 6229 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6230 6231 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6232 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6233 bool Invalid = false; 6234 6235 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6236 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6237 // for non-C++ cases. 6238 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6239 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6240 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6241 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 6242 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6243 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6244 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6245 isExplicitSpecialization, 6246 Invalid)) { 6247 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6248 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6249 // be a member of another template). 6250 6251 if (Invalid) 6252 return 0; 6253 6254 OwnedDecl = false; 6255 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6256 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6257 TemplateParams, AS, 6258 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6259 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6260 return Result.get(); 6261 } else { 6262 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6263 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6264 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6265 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6266 } 6267 } 6268 } 6269 6270 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6271 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6272 // redeclaration. 6273 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6274 6275 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6276 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6277 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6278 // type, default to int. 6279 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6280 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6281 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6282 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6283 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6284 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6285 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6286 6287 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6288 6289 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6290 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6291 << T; 6292 // Recover by falling back to int. 6293 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6294 } 6295 6296 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6297 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6298 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6299 6300 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6301 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6302 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6303 } 6304 6305 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6306 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6307 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6308 6309 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6310 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6311 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6312 6313 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6314 6315 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6316 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6317 6318 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6319 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6320 Name = 0; 6321 goto CreateNewDecl; 6322 } 6323 6324 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6325 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6326 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6327 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6328 if (!DC) { 6329 IsDependent = true; 6330 return 0; 6331 } 6332 } else { 6333 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6334 if (!DC) { 6335 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6336 << SS.getRange(); 6337 return 0; 6338 } 6339 } 6340 6341 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6342 return 0; 6343 6344 SearchDC = DC; 6345 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6346 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6347 6348 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6349 return 0; 6350 6351 if (Previous.empty()) { 6352 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6353 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6354 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6355 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6356 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6357 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6358 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6359 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6360 IsDependent = true; 6361 return 0; 6362 } 6363 6364 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6365 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6366 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6367 Name = 0; 6368 Invalid = true; 6369 goto CreateNewDecl; 6370 } 6371 } else if (Name) { 6372 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6373 // declaration or definition. 6374 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6375 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6376 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6377 LookupName(Previous, S); 6378 6379 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6380 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6381 return 0; 6382 6383 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6384 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6385 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6386 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6387 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6388 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6389 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6390 } 6391 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6392 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6393 // initial context to the translation unit. 6394 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6395 } 6396 6397 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6398 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6399 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6400 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6401 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6402 Previous.clear(); 6403 } 6404 6405 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6406 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6407 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6408 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6409 6410 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6411 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6412 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6413 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6414 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6415 } 6416 } 6417 6418 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6419 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6420 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6421 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6422 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6423 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6424 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6425 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6426 6427 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6428 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6429 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6430 // 6431 // class-key identifier 6432 // 6433 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6434 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6435 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6436 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6437 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6438 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6439 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6440 // declaration. 6441 // 6442 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6443 // C structs and unions. 6444 // 6445 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6446 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6447 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6448 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6449 // 6450 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6451 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6452 // 6453 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6454 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6455 // lexical context, 6456 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6457 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6458 6459 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6460 while (S->isClassScope() || 6461 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6462 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6463 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6464 (S->getEntity() && 6465 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6466 S = S->getParent(); 6467 } else { 6468 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6469 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6470 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6471 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6472 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6473 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6474 } 6475 6476 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6477 // diagnose some problems. 6478 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6479 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6480 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6481 } 6482 } 6483 6484 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6485 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6486 6487 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6488 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6489 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6490 // in C++. 6491 // 6492 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6493 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6494 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6495 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6496 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6497 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6498 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6499 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6500 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6501 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6502 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6503 PrevDecl = Tag; 6504 Previous.clear(); 6505 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6506 Previous.resolveKind(); 6507 } 6508 } 6509 } 6510 } 6511 6512 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6513 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6514 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6515 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6516 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6517 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6518 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6519 // struct or something similar. 6520 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6521 bool SafeToContinue 6522 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6523 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6524 if (SafeToContinue) 6525 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6526 << Name 6527 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6528 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6529 else 6530 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6531 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6532 6533 if (SafeToContinue) 6534 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6535 else { 6536 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6537 Name = 0; 6538 Previous.clear(); 6539 Invalid = true; 6540 } 6541 } 6542 6543 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6544 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6545 6546 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6547 // returning the previous declaration. 6548 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6549 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6550 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6551 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6552 return PrevTagDecl; 6553 } 6554 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6555 QualType T; 6556 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6557 T = TI->getType(); 6558 else 6559 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6560 6561 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6562 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6563 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6564 << T 6565 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6566 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6567 return PrevTagDecl; 6568 } 6569 } 6570 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6571 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6572 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6573 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6574 return PrevTagDecl; 6575 } 6576 } 6577 6578 if (!Invalid) { 6579 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6580 6581 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6582 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6583 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6584 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6585 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6586 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6587 return PrevTagDecl; 6588 6589 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6590 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6591 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6592 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6593 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6594 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6595 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6596 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6597 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6598 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6599 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6600 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6601 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6602 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6603 // references get the previous definition. 6604 Name = 0; 6605 Previous.clear(); 6606 Invalid = true; 6607 } 6608 } else { 6609 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6610 // about a nested redefinition. 6611 const TagType *Tag 6612 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6613 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6614 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6615 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6616 diag::note_previous_definition); 6617 Name = 0; 6618 Previous.clear(); 6619 Invalid = true; 6620 } 6621 } 6622 6623 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6624 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6625 } 6626 } 6627 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6628 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6629 6630 } else { 6631 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6632 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6633 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6634 // have distinct types. 6635 Previous.clear(); 6636 } 6637 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6638 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6639 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6640 6641 6642 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6643 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6644 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6645 } else { 6646 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6647 6648 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6649 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6650 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6651 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6652 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6653 unsigned Kind = 0; 6654 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6655 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6656 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6657 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6658 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6659 Invalid = true; 6660 6661 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6662 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 6663 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6664 // do nothing 6665 6666 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6667 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6668 unsigned Kind = 0; 6669 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6670 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6671 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6672 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6673 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6674 Invalid = true; 6675 6676 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6677 // case here. 6678 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6679 unsigned Kind = 0; 6680 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6681 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6682 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 6683 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6684 Invalid = true; 6685 6686 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6687 } else { 6688 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6689 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6690 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6691 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6692 Name = 0; 6693 Invalid = true; 6694 } 6695 6696 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6697 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6698 Previous.clear(); 6699 } 6700 } 6701 6702CreateNewDecl: 6703 6704 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6705 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6706 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6707 6708 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6709 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6710 // keyword. 6711 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6712 6713 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6714 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6715 // PrevDecl. 6716 TagDecl *New; 6717 6718 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6719 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6720 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6721 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6722 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6723 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6724 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6725 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6726 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6727 TagDecl *Def; 6728 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6729 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6730 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6731 } 6732 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6733 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6734 << New; 6735 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6736 } else { 6737 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6738 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6739 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6740 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6741 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6742 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6743 6744 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6745 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6746 // the declaration context. 6747 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6748 IsForwardReference = true; 6749 } 6750 } 6751 6752 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6753 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6754 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6755 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6756 else 6757 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6758 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6759 } 6760 6761 } else { 6762 // struct/union/class 6763 6764 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6765 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6766 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6767 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6768 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6769 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6770 6771 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6772 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6773 } else 6774 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6775 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6776 } 6777 6778 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6779 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6780 if (SS.isSet()) { 6781 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 6782 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 6783 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6784 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6785 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6786 } 6787 } 6788 else 6789 Invalid = true; 6790 } 6791 6792 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6793 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6794 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6795 // 6796 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6797 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6798 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6799 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6800 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6801 // parsing of the struct). 6802 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6803 } 6804 6805 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6806 // check the specialization. 6807 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6808 Invalid = true; 6809 6810 if (Invalid) 6811 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6812 6813 if (Attr) 6814 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6815 6816 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6817 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6818 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6819 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6820 6821 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6822 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6823 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6824 6825 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6826 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6827 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6828 6829 // Set the access specifier. 6830 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6831 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6832 6833 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6834 New->startDefinition(); 6835 6836 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6837 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6838 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6839 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6840 if (PrevDecl) 6841 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6842 6843 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6844 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6845 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6846 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6847 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6848 } else if (Name) { 6849 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6850 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6851 if (IsForwardReference) 6852 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6853 6854 } else { 6855 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6856 } 6857 6858 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6859 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6860 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6861 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6862 II->isStr("FILE")) 6863 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6864 6865 OwnedDecl = true; 6866 return New; 6867} 6868 6869void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6870 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6871 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6872 6873 // Enter the tag context. 6874 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6875} 6876 6877void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6878 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 6879 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6880 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6881 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6882 6883 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6884 6885 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6886 return; 6887 6888 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 6889 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 6890 6891 // C++ [class]p2: 6892 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6893 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6894 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6895 // as if it were a public member name. 6896 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6897 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 6898 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 6899 Record->getIdentifier(), 6900 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6901 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6902 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6903 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6904 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6905 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6906 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6907 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6908 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6909 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6910} 6911 6912void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6913 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6914 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6915 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6916 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6917 6918 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6919 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6920 6921 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6922 PopDeclContext(); 6923 6924 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6925 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6926} 6927 6928void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6929 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6930 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6931 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6932 6933 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6934 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6935 // the FieldCollector. 6936 6937 PopDeclContext(); 6938} 6939 6940// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6941bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6942 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6943 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6944 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6945 if (ZeroWidth) 6946 *ZeroWidth = true; 6947 6948 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6949 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6950 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6951 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6952 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6953 return true; 6954 if (FieldName) 6955 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6956 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6957 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6958 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6959 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 6960 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 6961 return true; 6962 6963 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6964 // it now. 6965 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6966 return false; 6967 6968 llvm::APSInt Value; 6969 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6970 return true; 6971 6972 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6973 *ZeroWidth = false; 6974 6975 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6976 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6977 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6978 6979 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6980 if (FieldName) 6981 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6982 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6983 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6984 << Value.toString(10); 6985 } 6986 6987 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6988 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6989 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6990 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6991 if (FieldName) 6992 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6993 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6994 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6995 6996 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6997 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6998 } 6999 7000 if (FieldName) 7001 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7002 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7003 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7004 else 7005 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7006 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7007 } 7008 } 7009 7010 return false; 7011} 7012 7013/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 7014/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7015Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7016 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7017 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7018 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7019 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7020 AS_public); 7021 return Res; 7022} 7023 7024/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7025/// 7026FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7027 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7028 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 7029 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7030 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7031 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7032 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7033 7034 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7035 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7036 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7037 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7038 7039 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7040 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7041 D.setInvalidType(); 7042 T = Context.IntTy; 7043 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7044 } 7045 } 7046 7047 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7048 7049 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7050 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7051 7052 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7053 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7054 LookupName(Previous, S); 7055 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7056 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7057 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7058 7059 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7060 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7061 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7062 7063 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7064 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7065 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7066 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7067 PrevDecl = 0; 7068 } 7069 7070 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7071 PrevDecl = 0; 7072 7073 bool Mutable 7074 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7075 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7076 FieldDecl *NewFD 7077 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 7078 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7079 7080 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7081 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7082 7083 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7084 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7085 // with the same name in the same scope. 7086 } else if (II) { 7087 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7088 } else 7089 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7090 7091 return NewFD; 7092} 7093 7094/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7095/// 7096/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7097/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7098/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7099/// created. 7100/// 7101/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7102/// 7103/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7104FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7105 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7106 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7107 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 7108 SourceLocation TSSL, 7109 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7110 Declarator *D) { 7111 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7112 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7113 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7114 7115 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7116 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7117 if (T.isNull()) { 7118 InvalidDecl = true; 7119 T = Context.IntTy; 7120 } 7121 7122 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7123 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7124 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7125 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7126 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7127 InvalidDecl = true; 7128 } 7129 7130 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7131 // than a variably modified type. 7132 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7133 bool SizeIsNegative; 7134 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7135 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7136 SizeIsNegative, 7137 Oversized); 7138 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7139 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7140 T = FixedTy; 7141 } else { 7142 if (SizeIsNegative) 7143 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7144 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7145 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7146 << Oversized.toString(10); 7147 else 7148 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7149 InvalidDecl = true; 7150 } 7151 } 7152 7153 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7154 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7155 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7156 AbstractFieldType)) 7157 InvalidDecl = true; 7158 7159 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7160 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7161 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7162 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7163 InvalidDecl = true; 7164 BitWidth = 0; 7165 ZeroWidth = false; 7166 } 7167 7168 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7169 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7170 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7171 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7172 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7173 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7174 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7175 7176 if (DiagID) { 7177 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7178 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7179 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7180 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7181 Mutable = false; 7182 InvalidDecl = true; 7183 } 7184 } 7185 7186 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7187 BitWidth, Mutable); 7188 if (InvalidDecl) 7189 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7190 7191 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7192 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7193 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7194 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7195 } 7196 7197 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7198 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7199 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7200 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7201 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7202 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7203 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7204 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7205 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7206 // objects. 7207 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7208 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7209 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7210 } 7211 } 7212 7213 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7214 // the program is ill-formed. 7215 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7216 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7217 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7218 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7219 } 7220 } 7221 } 7222 7223 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7224 // representation, not a parser representation. 7225 if (D) 7226 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7227 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7228 7229 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7230 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7231 7232 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7233 return NewFD; 7234} 7235 7236bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7237 assert(FD); 7238 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7239 7240 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7241 return true; 7242 7243 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7244 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7245 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7246 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7247 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7248 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7249 // copy constructors. 7250 7251 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7252 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7253 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7254 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 7255 member = CXXConstructor; 7256 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7257 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7258 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7259 member = CXXDestructor; 7260 7261 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7262 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7263 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7264 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7265 return true; 7266 } 7267 } 7268 } 7269 7270 return false; 7271} 7272 7273/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7274/// special member, figure out why. 7275void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7276 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7277 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7278 7279 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7280 switch (member) { 7281 case CXXInvalid: 7282 break; 7283 7284 case CXXConstructor: 7285 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7286 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7287 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7288 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7289 ci->hasBody(body); 7290 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7291 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7292 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7293 return; 7294 } 7295 } 7296 7297 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7298 return; 7299 } 7300 break; 7301 7302 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7303 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7304 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7305 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7306 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7307 return; 7308 } 7309 break; 7310 7311 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7312 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7313 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7314 // assignment, not the type. 7315 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7316 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7317 return; 7318 } 7319 break; 7320 7321 case CXXDestructor: 7322 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7323 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7324 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7325 return; 7326 } 7327 break; 7328 } 7329 7330 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7331 7332 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7333 // but not trivial destruction. 7334 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7335 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7336 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7337 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7338 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7339 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7340 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7341 return; 7342 } 7343 7344 // Check for virtual methods. 7345 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7346 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7347 ++mi) { 7348 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7349 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7350 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7351 return; 7352 } 7353 } 7354 } 7355 7356 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7357 switch (member) { 7358 case CXXConstructor: 7359 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 7360 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7361 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7362 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7363 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7364 case CXXDestructor: 7365 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7366 default: 7367 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7368 } 7369 7370 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7371 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7372 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7373 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7374 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7375 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7376 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7377 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7378 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7379 return; 7380 } 7381 } 7382 7383 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7384 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7385 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7386 ++fi) { 7387 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7388 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7389 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7390 7391 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7392 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7393 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7394 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7395 return; 7396 } 7397 } 7398 } 7399 7400 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7401} 7402 7403/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7404/// AST enum value. 7405static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7406TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7407 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7408 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7409 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7410 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7411 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7412 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7413 } 7414} 7415 7416/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7417/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7418Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7419 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7420 Decl *IntfDecl, 7421 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7422 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7423 7424 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7425 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7426 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7427 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7428 7429 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7430 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7431 7432 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7433 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7434 7435 if (BitWidth) { 7436 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7437 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7438 D.setInvalidType(); 7439 BitWidth = 0; 7440 } 7441 } else { 7442 // Not a bitfield. 7443 7444 // validate II. 7445 7446 } 7447 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7448 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7449 D.setInvalidType(); 7450 } 7451 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7452 // than a variably modified type. 7453 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7454 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7455 D.setInvalidType(); 7456 } 7457 7458 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7459 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7460 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7461 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7462 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7463 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7464 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7465 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7466 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7467 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7468 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7469 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7470 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7471 } 7472 else 7473 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7474 } else { 7475 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7476 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7477 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7478 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7479 return 0; 7480 } 7481 } 7482 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7483 } 7484 7485 // Construct the decl. 7486 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7487 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7488 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7489 7490 if (II) { 7491 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7492 ForRedeclaration); 7493 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7494 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7495 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7496 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7497 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7498 } 7499 } 7500 7501 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7502 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7503 7504 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7505 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7506 7507 if (II) { 7508 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7509 // these to the interface. 7510 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7511 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7512 } 7513 7514 return NewID; 7515} 7516 7517/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7518/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7519/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7520/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7521void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7522 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7523 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7524 return; 7525 7526 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7527 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7528 7529 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7530 return; 7531 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7532 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7533 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7534 return; 7535 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7536 if (!ID) { 7537 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7538 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7539 return; 7540 } 7541 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7542 else 7543 return; 7544 } 7545 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7546 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7547 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7548 7549 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7550 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7551 Context.CharTy, 7552 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7553 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7554 true); 7555 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7556} 7557 7558void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7559 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7560 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7561 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7562 AttributeList *Attr) { 7563 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7564 7565 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7566 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7567 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7568 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7569 return; 7570 } 7571 7572 7573 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7574 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7575 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7576 7577 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7578 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7579 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7580 7581 // Get the type for the field. 7582 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7583 7584 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7585 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7586 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7587 } 7588 7589 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7590 // diagnostics about it. 7591 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7592 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7593 continue; 7594 } 7595 7596 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7597 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7598 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7599 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7600 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7601 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7602 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7603 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7604 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7605 // array. 7606 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7607 // Field declared as a function. 7608 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7609 << FD->getDeclName(); 7610 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7611 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7612 continue; 7613 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7614 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7615 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 7616 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7617 // Flexible array member. 7618 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7619 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7620 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7621 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7622 if (Record->isUnion()) 7623 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 7624 << FD->getDeclName(); 7625 else if (NumFields == 1) 7626 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 7627 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7628 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7629 if (Record->isUnion()) 7630 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 7631 << FD->getDeclName(); 7632 else if (NumFields == 1) 7633 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 7634 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7635 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7636 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7637 << FD->getDeclName(); 7638 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7639 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7640 continue; 7641 } 7642 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7643 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7644 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7645 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7646 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7647 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7648 continue; 7649 } 7650 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7651 if (Record) 7652 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7653 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7654 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7655 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7656 // Incomplete type 7657 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7658 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7659 continue; 7660 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7661 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7662 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7663 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7664 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7665 } else { 7666 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7667 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7668 // structures. 7669 if (i != NumFields-1) 7670 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7671 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7672 else { 7673 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7674 // other structs as an extension. 7675 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7676 << FD->getDeclName(); 7677 if (Record) 7678 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7679 } 7680 } 7681 } 7682 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7683 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7684 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7685 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7686 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7687 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7688 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7689 continue; 7690 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7691 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7692 Record && 7693 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7694 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7695 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7696 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7697 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7698 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7699 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7700 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7701 } 7702 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7703 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7704 ++NumNamedMembers; 7705 } 7706 7707 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7708 if (Record) { 7709 bool Completed = false; 7710 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7711 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7712 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7713 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7714 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7715 I != E; ++I) 7716 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7717 7718 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7719 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7720 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7721 7722 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7723 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7724 // problem now. 7725 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7726 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7727 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7728 7729 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7730 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7731 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7732 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7733 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7734 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7735 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7736 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7737 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7738 continue; 7739 7740 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7741 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7742 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7743 // program is ill-formed. 7744 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7745 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7746 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7747 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7748 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7749 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7750 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7751 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7752 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7753 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7754 7755 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7756 } 7757 } 7758 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7759 Completed = true; 7760 } 7761 } 7762 } 7763 } 7764 7765 if (!Completed) 7766 Record->completeDefinition(); 7767 } else { 7768 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7769 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7770 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7771 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7772 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7773 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7774 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7775 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7776 } 7777 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7778 // duplicates. 7779 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7780 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7781 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7782 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7783 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7784 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7785 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7786 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7787 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7788 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7789 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7790 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7791 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7792 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7793 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7794 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7795 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7796 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7797 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7798 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7799 } 7800 } 7801 } 7802 7803 if (Attr) 7804 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7805 7806 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7807 // set the visibility of this record. 7808 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7809 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7810} 7811 7812/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7813/// the given type T. 7814static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7815 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7816 QualType T) { 7817 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7818 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7819 7820 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7821 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7822 --BitWidth; 7823 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7824 } 7825 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7826} 7827 7828// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7829// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7830static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7831 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7832 // enum checking below. 7833 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7834 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7835 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7836 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7837 }; 7838 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7839 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7840 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7841 }; 7842 7843 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7844 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7845 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7846 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7847 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7848 return Types[I]; 7849 7850 return QualType(); 7851} 7852 7853EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7854 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7855 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7856 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7857 Expr *Val) { 7858 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7859 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7860 QualType EltTy; 7861 7862 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 7863 Val = 0; 7864 7865 if (Val) { 7866 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7867 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7868 else { 7869 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7870 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7871 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7872 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7873 Val = 0; 7874 } else { 7875 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7876 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7877 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7878 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7879 // representable as an int. 7880 7881 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7882 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7883 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7884 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7885 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7886 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7887 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7888 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 7889 } 7890 } 7891 7892 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7893 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7894 7895 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7896 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7897 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7898 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7899 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7900 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7901 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 7902 } else 7903 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7904 << EltTy; 7905 } else 7906 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 7907 } 7908 else { 7909 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7910 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7911 // is the type of its initializing value: 7912 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7913 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7914 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7915 } 7916 } 7917 } 7918 } 7919 7920 if (!Val) { 7921 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7922 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7923 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7924 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7925 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7926 // is the type of its initializing value: 7927 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7928 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7929 // 7930 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7931 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7932 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7933 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7934 } 7935 else { 7936 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7937 } 7938 } else { 7939 // Assign the last value + 1. 7940 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7941 ++EnumVal; 7942 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7943 7944 // Check for overflow on increment. 7945 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7946 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7947 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7948 // is the type of its initializing value: 7949 // 7950 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7951 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7952 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7953 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7954 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7955 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7956 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7957 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7958 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7959 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7960 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7961 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7962 ++EnumVal; 7963 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7964 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7965 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7966 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7967 << EltTy; 7968 else 7969 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7970 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7971 } else { 7972 EltTy = T; 7973 } 7974 7975 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7976 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7977 // value, then increment. 7978 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7979 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7980 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7981 ++EnumVal; 7982 7983 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7984 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7985 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7986 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7987 // integral type. 7988 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7989 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7990 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7991 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7992 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7993 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7994 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7995 } 7996 } 7997 } 7998 7999 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8000 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8001 // enumerator's type. 8002 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8003 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8004 } 8005 8006 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8007 Val, EnumVal); 8008} 8009 8010 8011Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8012 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8013 AttributeList *Attr, 8014 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8015 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8016 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8017 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8018 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8019 8020 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8021 // we find one that is. 8022 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8023 8024 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8025 // scope. 8026 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8027 ForRedeclaration); 8028 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8029 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8030 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8031 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8032 PrevDecl = 0; 8033 } 8034 8035 if (PrevDecl) { 8036 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8037 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8038 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8039 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8040 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8041 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8042 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8043 else 8044 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8045 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8046 return 0; 8047 } 8048 } 8049 8050 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8051 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8052 // name different from T: 8053 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8054 // type 8055 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8056 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8057 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8058 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8059 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8060 8061 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8062 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8063 8064 if (New) { 8065 // Process attributes. 8066 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8067 8068 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8069 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8070 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8071 } 8072 8073 return New; 8074} 8075 8076void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8077 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8078 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8079 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8080 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8081 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8082 8083 if (Attr) 8084 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8085 8086 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8087 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8088 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8089 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8090 if (!ECD) continue; 8091 8092 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8093 } 8094 8095 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8096 return; 8097 } 8098 8099 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8100 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8101 // emit a warning. 8102 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8103 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8104 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8105 8106 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8107 // reverse the list. 8108 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8109 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8110 8111 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8112 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8113 8114 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8115 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8116 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8117 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8118 8119 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8120 8121 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8122 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8123 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8124 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8125 else 8126 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8127 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8128 8129 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8130 if (AllElementsInt) 8131 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8132 } 8133 8134 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8135 QualType BestType; 8136 unsigned BestWidth; 8137 8138 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8139 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8140 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8141 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8142 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8143 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8144 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8145 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8146 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8147 QualType BestPromotionType; 8148 8149 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8150 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8151 // enum definitions. 8152 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8153 Packed = true; 8154 8155 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8156 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8157 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8158 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8159 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8160 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8161 } 8162 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8163 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8164 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8165 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8166 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8167 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8168 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8169 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8170 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8171 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8172 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8173 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8174 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8175 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8176 } else { 8177 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8178 8179 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8180 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8181 } else { 8182 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8183 8184 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8185 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8186 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8187 } 8188 } 8189 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8190 } else { 8191 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8192 // all of the enumerator values. 8193 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8194 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8195 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8196 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8197 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8198 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8199 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8200 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8201 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8202 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8203 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8204 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8205 BestPromotionType 8206 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8207 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8208 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8209 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8210 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8211 BestPromotionType 8212 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8213 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8214 } else { 8215 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8216 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8217 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8218 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8219 BestPromotionType 8220 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8221 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8222 } 8223 } 8224 8225 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8226 // the type of the enum if needed. 8227 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8228 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8229 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8230 8231 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8232 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8233 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8234 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8235 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8236 8237 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8238 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8239 8240 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8241 // the enum decl type. 8242 QualType NewTy; 8243 unsigned NewWidth; 8244 bool NewSign; 8245 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8246 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8247 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8248 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8249 NewSign = true; 8250 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8251 // Already the right type! 8252 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8253 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8254 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8255 // enumeration. 8256 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8257 continue; 8258 } else { 8259 NewTy = BestType; 8260 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8261 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8262 } 8263 8264 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8265 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8266 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8267 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8268 8269 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8270 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8271 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8272 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8273 CK_IntegralCast, 8274 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8275 /*base paths*/ 0, 8276 VK_RValue)); 8277 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8278 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8279 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8280 // enumeration. 8281 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8282 else 8283 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8284 } 8285 8286 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8287 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8288} 8289 8290Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8291 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8292 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8293 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8294 8295 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8296 AsmString, StartLoc, 8297 EndLoc); 8298 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8299 return New; 8300} 8301 8302void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8303 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8304 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8305 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8306 8307 if (PrevDecl) { 8308 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8309 } else { 8310 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8311 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8312 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8313 } 8314} 8315 8316void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8317 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8318 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8319 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8320 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8321 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8322 LookupOrdinaryName); 8323 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8324 8325 if (PrevDecl) { 8326 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8327 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8328 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8329 } else { 8330 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8331 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8332 } 8333} 8334